1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
86 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
91 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
93 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
96 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
97 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
98 enum bptype type_wanted
);
100 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
101 struct linespec_result
*,
102 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
103 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
105 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
107 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
108 int, int, int, unsigned);
110 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
111 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
112 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
114 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
115 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
117 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
119 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
121 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
122 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
123 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
125 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
127 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
128 struct symtab_and_line
,
130 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
132 static struct breakpoint
*
133 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
135 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
138 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
140 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
144 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
145 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
146 struct obj_section
*, int);
148 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
149 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
152 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
156 const address_space
*,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
162 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
170 int *other_type_used
);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
175 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
176 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
177 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
179 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
181 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
182 insert locations now. */
183 enum ugll_insert_mode
185 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
186 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
187 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
188 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
189 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
190 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
191 returns true on them.
193 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
194 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
195 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
196 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
197 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
198 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
202 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
203 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
206 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
207 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
208 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
209 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
210 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
211 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
212 as no thread is running yet. */
216 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
218 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
220 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
222 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
224 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
226 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
230 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
232 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
235 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
237 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
238 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
239 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
242 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
243 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
245 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
250 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
252 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
253 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
255 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
256 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
259 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
260 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
261 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
262 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
263 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
265 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
266 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
267 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
268 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
274 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
276 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
277 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
278 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
279 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
281 static char *dprintf_function
;
283 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
284 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
285 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
286 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
287 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
288 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
289 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
291 static char *dprintf_channel
;
293 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
295 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
297 struct command_line
*
298 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
300 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
303 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
304 current breakpoint. */
306 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
309 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
311 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
312 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
314 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
316 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
319 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
320 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
321 if such is available. */
322 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
325 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
326 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
329 fprintf_filtered (file
,
330 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
331 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
335 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
337 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
338 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
339 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
341 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
342 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
345 fprintf_filtered (file
,
346 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
347 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
351 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
352 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
353 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
354 use hardware breakpoints. */
355 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
357 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
358 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
361 fprintf_filtered (file
,
362 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
366 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
367 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
368 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
369 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
370 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
371 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
372 processing user input. */
373 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
376 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
377 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
379 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
386 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
388 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
390 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
391 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
392 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 else if (target_has_execution
)
397 if (always_inserted_mode
)
399 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
404 if (threads_are_executing ())
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
411 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
417 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
419 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
420 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
423 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
424 condition_evaluation_auto
,
425 condition_evaluation_host
,
426 condition_evaluation_target
,
430 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
431 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
433 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
434 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
435 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
437 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
438 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
439 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
443 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
445 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
447 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
448 return condition_evaluation_target
;
450 return condition_evaluation_host
;
456 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
459 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
461 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
464 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
468 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
470 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
472 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
475 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
476 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
478 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
479 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
481 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
482 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
484 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
486 current breakpoint. */
488 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
490 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
491 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
492 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
495 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
496 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
497 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
499 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
500 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
501 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
504 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
505 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
506 to where the loop should start from.
507 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
508 appropriate location to start with. */
510 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
511 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
512 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
514 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
515 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
518 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
520 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
521 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
522 if (is_tracepoint (B))
524 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
526 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
528 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
530 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
532 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
534 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
536 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
537 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
538 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
539 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
540 an address you need to read. */
542 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
544 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
545 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
546 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
547 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
548 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
552 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
553 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
554 reported by a target. */
555 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
557 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
559 static int breakpoint_count
;
561 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
562 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
563 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
564 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
565 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
567 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
569 static int tracepoint_count
;
571 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
572 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
573 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
575 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
578 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
581 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
585 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
592 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
594 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
596 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
599 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
602 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
604 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
605 breakpoint_count
= num
;
606 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
609 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
610 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
611 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
613 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
616 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
618 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
632 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
641 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
642 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
645 get_breakpoint (int num
)
647 struct breakpoint
*b
;
650 if (b
->number
== num
)
658 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
659 evaluating conditions on its side. */
662 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
664 struct bp_location
*loc
;
666 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
667 evaluating conditions and if the user has
668 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
674 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
677 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
678 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
681 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
682 evaluating conditions on its side. */
685 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
687 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
688 evaluating conditions and if the user has
689 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
691 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
692 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
696 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
699 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
702 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
703 condition_evaluation_mode. */
706 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
707 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
709 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
711 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
712 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
714 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
715 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
716 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
720 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
721 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
723 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
724 settings was "auto". */
725 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
727 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
728 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
730 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
731 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
732 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
734 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
735 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
738 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
740 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
743 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
747 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
748 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
749 target knows about. */
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
752 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
756 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
762 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
763 what "auto" is translating to. */
766 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
767 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
769 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
770 fprintf_filtered (file
,
771 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
772 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
774 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
776 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
780 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
781 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
782 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
785 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
787 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
788 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
790 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
793 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
796 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
797 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
798 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
801 static struct bp_location
**
802 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
804 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
805 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
806 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
808 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
809 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
811 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
812 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
813 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
814 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
815 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
817 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
818 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
821 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
822 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
823 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
824 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
831 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
834 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
835 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
837 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
839 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
841 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
845 struct bp_location
*loc
;
847 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
851 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
852 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
853 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
860 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
864 const char *arg
= exp
;
866 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
867 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
868 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
869 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
871 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
873 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
875 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
877 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
879 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
880 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
884 struct bp_location
*loc
;
886 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
890 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
891 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
893 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
897 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
899 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
902 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
905 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
906 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
907 const char *text
, const char *word
)
911 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
912 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
916 struct breakpoint
*b
;
920 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
921 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
922 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
926 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
933 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
935 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
936 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
942 /* We're completing the expression part. */
943 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
944 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
947 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
950 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
952 struct breakpoint
*b
;
957 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
960 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
962 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
965 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
967 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
968 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
969 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
970 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
971 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
975 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
976 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
977 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
979 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
981 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
982 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
987 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
990 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
991 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
992 Throw if any such commands is found. */
995 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
997 struct command_line
*c
;
999 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1001 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1002 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1003 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1005 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1008 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1009 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1010 command directly. */
1011 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1012 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1014 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1015 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1019 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1021 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1024 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1027 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1029 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1030 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1031 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1035 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1037 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1041 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1043 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1046 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1049 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1050 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1054 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1055 b
= new tracepoint ();
1056 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1057 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1059 b
= new breakpoint ();
1061 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1064 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1065 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1069 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1070 struct command_line
*commands
)
1072 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1074 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1075 struct command_line
*c
;
1076 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1078 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1079 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1083 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1084 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1085 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1086 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1087 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1088 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1089 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1090 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1091 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1092 tracepoint's context. */
1093 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1095 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1097 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1098 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1099 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1100 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1102 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1105 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1106 "can be used only once"));
1111 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1115 struct command_line
*c2
;
1117 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1118 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1119 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1121 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1122 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1128 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1132 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1133 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1135 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1136 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1138 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1139 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1140 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1143 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1145 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1146 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1147 found
.push_back (b
);
1153 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1154 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1157 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1158 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1160 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1162 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1163 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1166 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1167 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1171 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1173 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1176 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1177 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1180 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1181 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1184 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1186 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1189 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any task. */
1197 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1199 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1202 if (old_task
!= task
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1207 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1208 struct command_line
*control
)
1210 counted_command_line cmd
;
1211 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1212 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1213 list of command by just typing "end". */
1214 bool cmd_read
= false;
1216 std::string new_arg
;
1218 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1220 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1221 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1223 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1224 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1225 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1228 map_breakpoint_numbers
1229 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1233 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1234 if (control
!= NULL
)
1235 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1239 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1240 "%s, one per line."),
1243 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1245 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1247 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1248 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1249 validator
= do_validate
;
1251 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1256 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1258 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1260 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1262 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1268 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1270 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1273 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1274 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1276 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1277 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1278 enum command_control_type
1279 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1282 return simple_control
;
1285 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1288 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1290 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1294 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1295 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1300 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1301 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1304 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1305 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1306 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1309 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1310 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1311 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1312 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1313 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1315 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1316 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1320 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1321 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1323 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1327 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1329 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1330 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1332 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1334 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1339 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1346 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1347 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1349 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1350 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1351 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1355 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1357 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1358 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1361 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1363 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1364 shadow_contents buffer. */
1365 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1366 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1367 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1369 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1371 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1372 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1376 const unsigned char *bp
;
1377 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1380 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1381 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1382 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1384 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1386 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1388 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1389 breakpoint's INSN. */
1390 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1394 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1395 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1397 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1399 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1401 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1402 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1403 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1404 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1405 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1406 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1407 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1408 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1410 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1413 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1414 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1415 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1417 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1419 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1421 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1422 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1423 report higher one. */
1426 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1427 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1429 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1431 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1432 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1434 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1435 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1436 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1437 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1439 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1440 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1441 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1443 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1445 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1453 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1454 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1455 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1456 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1459 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1461 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1462 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1463 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1466 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1469 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1471 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1473 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1475 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1476 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1477 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1480 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1483 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1484 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1485 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1488 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1491 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1492 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1498 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1502 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1504 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1505 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1506 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1512 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1514 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1515 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1519 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1523 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1525 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1529 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1530 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1531 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1532 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1533 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1534 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1535 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1536 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1539 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1541 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1542 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1543 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1544 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1547 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1548 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1551 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1553 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1555 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1556 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1557 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1558 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1559 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1561 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1564 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1567 static struct value
*
1568 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1570 struct value
*bit_val
;
1575 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1577 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1580 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1587 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1588 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1589 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1590 to be able to report stops. */
1593 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1594 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1596 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1598 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1599 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1600 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1601 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1604 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1605 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1608 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1610 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1612 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1613 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1614 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1617 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1618 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1619 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1620 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1622 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1624 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1625 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1628 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1629 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1630 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1631 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1632 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1633 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1634 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1635 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1637 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1638 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1639 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1640 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1641 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1642 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1643 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1644 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1647 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1648 hardware watchpoints:
1650 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1651 called several times when GDB stops.
1654 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1655 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1656 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1657 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1658 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1659 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1660 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1661 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1662 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1663 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1664 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1666 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1667 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1670 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1672 int within_current_scope
;
1673 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1676 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1677 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1678 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1679 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1682 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1687 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1688 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1689 within_current_scope
= 1;
1692 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1693 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1694 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1696 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1697 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1698 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1699 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1700 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1703 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1704 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1705 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1706 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1709 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1711 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1712 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1713 if (within_current_scope
)
1717 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1718 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1719 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1722 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1727 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1728 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1729 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1730 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1731 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1732 be completely different objects. */
1736 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1737 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1738 locations (re)created below. */
1739 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1741 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1744 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1748 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1749 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1750 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1751 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1752 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1753 if (!target_has_execution
)
1755 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1756 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1757 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1758 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1760 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1761 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1763 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1764 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1767 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1770 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1771 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1772 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1774 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1776 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1777 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1778 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1779 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1780 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1782 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1784 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1785 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1786 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1790 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1792 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1793 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1794 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1798 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1799 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1800 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1801 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1802 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1803 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1804 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1806 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1808 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1809 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1810 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1812 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1813 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1816 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1818 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1820 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1822 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1824 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1825 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1827 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1829 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1830 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1831 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1832 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1833 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1836 addr
= value_address (v
);
1839 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1844 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1846 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1849 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1850 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1853 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1855 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1856 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1860 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1861 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1864 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1879 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1881 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1885 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1902 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1918 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1920 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1922 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1943 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1944 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1945 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1951 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1953 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1954 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1955 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1956 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1959 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1960 above left it without any location set up. But,
1961 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1962 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1963 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1964 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1966 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1968 printf_filtered (_("\
1969 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1970 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1972 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1975 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1977 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1981 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1982 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1983 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1984 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1985 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1987 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1989 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1992 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1995 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1998 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2001 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2002 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2003 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2004 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2005 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2006 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2007 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2008 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2009 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2012 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2013 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2014 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2016 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2017 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2018 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2020 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2021 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2022 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2023 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2024 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2025 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2026 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2027 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2028 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2032 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2033 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2034 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2035 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2040 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2041 instruction that triggered one. */
2042 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2043 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2047 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2048 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2049 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2050 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2059 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2060 that the location is not duplicated. */
2063 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2066 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2069 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2070 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2074 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2075 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2076 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2077 any error during parsing. */
2079 static agent_expr_up
2080 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2085 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2087 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2088 that may show up. */
2091 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2094 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2096 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2097 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2098 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2101 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2105 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2106 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2107 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2108 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2109 one of them is true. */
2112 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2114 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2115 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2116 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2117 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2119 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2120 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2122 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2123 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2124 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2126 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2127 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2130 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2131 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2132 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2133 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2134 response back to GDB. */
2135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2138 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2142 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2143 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2144 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2145 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2146 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2150 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2151 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2152 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2154 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2160 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2161 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2162 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2164 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2165 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2166 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2171 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2173 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2175 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2178 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2183 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2184 for this location's address. */
2185 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2189 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2190 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2191 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2194 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2195 to send the conditions to the target. */
2196 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2203 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2204 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2205 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2207 static agent_expr_up
2208 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2210 const char *cmdrest
;
2211 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2212 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2219 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2221 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2223 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2224 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2226 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2228 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2230 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2232 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2233 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2235 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2237 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2238 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2240 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2242 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2244 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2246 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2247 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2252 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2253 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2255 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2259 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2261 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2262 that may show up. */
2265 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2266 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2267 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2269 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2271 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2272 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2273 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2276 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2280 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2281 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2282 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2285 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2287 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2288 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2289 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2290 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2292 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2293 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2299 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2302 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2303 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2304 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2306 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2309 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2310 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2311 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2315 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2316 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2317 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2318 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2319 response back to GDB. */
2320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2323 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2327 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2328 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2329 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2330 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2332 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2333 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2336 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2337 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2338 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2340 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2346 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2348 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2353 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2354 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2356 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2358 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2361 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2366 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2367 for this location's address. */
2368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2371 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2372 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2373 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2374 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2377 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2378 to send the commands to the target. */
2379 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2383 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2384 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2385 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2386 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2389 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2390 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2391 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2395 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2397 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2399 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2400 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2402 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2404 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2408 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2411 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2412 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2413 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2414 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2417 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2418 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2420 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2421 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2422 int *disabled_breaks
,
2423 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2424 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2426 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2428 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2431 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2432 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2433 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2434 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2435 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2436 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2437 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2438 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2439 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2440 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2441 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2442 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2444 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2445 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2446 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2447 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2449 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2451 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2452 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2453 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2454 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2457 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2458 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2460 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2462 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2463 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2464 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2466 Two important cases are:
2467 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2468 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2469 hardware breakpoint.
2470 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2471 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2472 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2475 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2476 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2477 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2478 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2480 struct mem_region
*mr
2481 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2485 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2487 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2489 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2490 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2492 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2494 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2496 static int said
= 0;
2498 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2501 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2502 _("Note: automatically using "
2503 "hardware breakpoints for "
2504 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2509 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2510 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2512 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2513 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2514 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2515 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2517 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2523 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2524 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2525 || bl
->section
== NULL
2526 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2528 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2533 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2535 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2537 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2539 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2544 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2545 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2546 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2548 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2549 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2550 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2551 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2552 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2556 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2558 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2559 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2560 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2562 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2567 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2568 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2569 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2570 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2571 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2574 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2576 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2578 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2581 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2582 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2583 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2584 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2588 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2589 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2591 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2596 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2598 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2600 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2602 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2607 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2608 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2613 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2615 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2617 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2618 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2619 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2620 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2621 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2622 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2623 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2624 errors as memory errors. */
2625 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2626 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2627 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2628 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2629 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2630 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2633 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2634 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2635 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2636 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2638 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2639 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2641 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2642 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2643 "library breakpoints:\n");
2645 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2646 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2647 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2652 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2654 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2655 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2657 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2659 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2660 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2666 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2669 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2670 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2673 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2675 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2680 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2695 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2696 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2697 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2698 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2702 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2703 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2705 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2707 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2708 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2709 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2711 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2713 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2714 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2718 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2719 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2723 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2724 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2731 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2732 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2735 /* Back to the original value. */
2736 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2740 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2743 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2747 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2748 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2750 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2753 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2757 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2758 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2760 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2763 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2765 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2766 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2767 so just return success. */
2774 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2775 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2779 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2781 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2782 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2784 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2787 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2788 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2791 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2792 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2793 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2795 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2797 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2799 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2800 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2801 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2803 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2804 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2806 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2812 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2813 removed locations above. */
2814 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2817 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2818 Throws exception on any error.
2819 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2820 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2822 insert_breakpoints (void)
2824 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2827 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2829 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2831 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2834 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2835 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2836 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2837 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2840 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2843 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2845 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2849 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2853 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2854 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2855 always-inserted mode. */
2858 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2860 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2863 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2864 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2865 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2867 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2869 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2870 there was an error. */
2871 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2873 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2875 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2877 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2879 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2882 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2883 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2884 deletion of breakpoints. */
2885 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2888 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2890 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2891 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2892 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2893 insert breakpoints. */
2894 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2895 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2898 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2899 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2906 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2911 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2914 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2916 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2917 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2920 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2921 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2922 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2924 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2926 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2927 there was an error. */
2928 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2930 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2932 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2934 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2937 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2938 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2939 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2940 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2941 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2944 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2946 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2947 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2948 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2949 insert breakpoints. */
2950 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2951 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2954 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2955 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2960 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2961 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2964 int some_failed
= 0;
2965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2967 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2970 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2973 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2976 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2977 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2984 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2986 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
2988 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2989 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
2990 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2998 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2999 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3000 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3002 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3003 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3005 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3006 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3010 /* Used when the program stops.
3011 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3012 removing a breakpoint location. */
3015 remove_breakpoints (void)
3017 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3022 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3023 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3028 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3032 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3034 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3038 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3040 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3042 printf_filtered (_("\
3043 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3044 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3046 /* Hide it from the user. */
3052 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3055 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3057 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3060 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3062 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3065 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3067 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3074 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3076 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3077 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3078 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3079 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3080 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3081 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3083 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3086 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3089 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3090 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3094 static struct breakpoint
*
3095 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3096 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3097 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3099 symtab_and_line sal
;
3101 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3102 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3104 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3105 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3106 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3111 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3113 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3115 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3117 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3118 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3120 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3121 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3123 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3124 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3126 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3127 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3129 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3131 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3133 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3134 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3136 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3139 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3140 int exception_searched
= 0;
3142 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3144 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3147 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3148 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3150 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3151 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3153 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3156 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3158 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3161 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3162 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3164 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3165 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3167 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3169 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3170 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3171 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3172 return bp_objfile_data
;
3176 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3178 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3180 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3182 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3183 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3185 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3187 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3189 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3192 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3194 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3196 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3197 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3199 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3200 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3203 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3206 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3207 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3209 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3210 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3211 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3212 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3214 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3216 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3217 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3222 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3228 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3230 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3232 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3234 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3236 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3238 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3241 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3242 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3244 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3246 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3248 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3250 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3251 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3255 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3258 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3260 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3261 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3265 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3266 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3269 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3271 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3273 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3275 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3276 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3278 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3279 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3280 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3286 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3289 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3291 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3292 const char *func_name
;
3294 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3296 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3299 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3300 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3302 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3304 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3305 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3307 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3308 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3311 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3314 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3315 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3316 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3317 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3318 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3319 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3320 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3326 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3328 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3330 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3331 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3333 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3335 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3339 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3341 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3344 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3345 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3347 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3349 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3352 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3354 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3356 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3357 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3358 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3360 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3361 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3364 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3367 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3368 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3369 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3370 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3371 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3372 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3373 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3374 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3379 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3382 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3384 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3386 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3388 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3389 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3392 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3394 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3396 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3397 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3399 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3400 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3404 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3407 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3409 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3410 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3414 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3415 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3418 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3420 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3422 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3424 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3425 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3426 bp_exception_master
,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3428 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3429 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3435 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3437 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3440 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3442 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3444 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3446 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3447 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3449 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3453 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3456 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3457 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3458 current_top_target ());
3459 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3460 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3461 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3462 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3463 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3464 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3468 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3471 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3473 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3477 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3479 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3480 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3482 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3483 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3484 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3485 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3486 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3487 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3488 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3489 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3490 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3491 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3492 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3496 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3499 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3500 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3502 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3506 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3507 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3509 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3513 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3514 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3515 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3516 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3517 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3519 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3523 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3524 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3526 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3530 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3531 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3533 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3537 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3539 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3540 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3541 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3547 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3549 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3550 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3551 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3552 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3556 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3557 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3558 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3559 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3560 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3561 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3563 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3564 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3565 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3566 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3567 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3568 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3569 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3571 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3572 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3573 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3574 let finish_command delete it.
3576 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3577 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3578 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3579 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3580 solib breakpoints.) */
3582 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3587 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3588 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3590 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3592 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3599 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3601 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3603 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3604 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3606 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3607 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3609 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3610 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3613 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3616 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3617 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3618 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3619 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3620 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3621 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3626 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3632 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3633 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3634 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3635 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3636 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3639 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3643 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3644 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3646 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3647 This should not ever happen. */
3648 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3650 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3651 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3653 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3654 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3655 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3657 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3658 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3659 || bl
->section
== NULL
3660 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3662 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3664 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3665 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3666 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3667 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3668 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3669 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3670 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3671 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3672 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3673 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3674 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3675 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3676 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3677 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3678 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3679 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3680 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3681 they should always be removed. */
3682 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3683 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3684 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3687 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3691 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3692 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3693 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3695 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3696 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3698 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3699 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3700 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3701 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3702 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3704 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3705 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3708 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3709 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3712 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3713 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3714 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3715 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3717 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3718 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3719 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3720 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3721 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3722 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3728 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3733 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3734 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3735 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3736 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3737 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3738 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3739 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3740 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3741 always-inserted mode. */
3743 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3744 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3745 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3746 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3752 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3754 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3756 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3757 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3759 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3760 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3762 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3763 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3764 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3767 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3768 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3771 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3772 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3774 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3778 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3785 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3787 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3788 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3790 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3791 This should not ever happen. */
3792 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3794 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3796 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3798 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3801 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3804 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3806 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3808 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3809 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3813 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3814 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3816 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3819 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3820 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3821 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3826 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3828 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3829 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3831 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3833 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3836 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3840 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3846 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3848 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3849 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3852 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3854 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3856 case bp_shlib_event
:
3858 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3859 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3860 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3861 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3862 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3864 (gdb) file prog-linux
3865 (gdb) run # native linux target
3868 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3869 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3872 case bp_step_resume
:
3874 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3876 case bp_single_step
:
3878 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3880 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3884 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3885 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3886 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3888 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3890 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3891 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3895 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3896 valid. New ones will be created in
3897 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3898 The next update_global_location_list call will
3899 garbage collect them. */
3902 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3904 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3905 insert_breakpoints. */
3906 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3917 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3918 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3919 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3920 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3923 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3924 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3925 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3926 match, not program space. */
3928 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3929 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3930 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3931 permanent breakpoint.
3932 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3933 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3934 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3935 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3936 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3938 enum breakpoint_here
3939 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3941 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3942 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3946 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3947 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3950 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3951 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3953 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3955 if (overlay_debugging
3956 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3957 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3958 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3959 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3960 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3962 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3966 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
3969 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3972 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
3973 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3975 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3979 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3980 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3983 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3985 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
3988 if (overlay_debugging
3989 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3990 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3992 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4003 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4006 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4008 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4009 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4015 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4019 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4020 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4023 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4026 if (overlay_debugging
4027 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4028 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4029 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4036 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4039 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4041 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4045 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4047 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4048 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4051 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4057 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4061 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4064 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4068 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4070 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4073 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4080 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4083 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4086 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4088 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4090 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4092 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4095 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4103 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4104 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4106 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4110 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4112 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4113 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4116 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4119 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4120 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4124 /* Check for intersection. */
4125 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4126 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4135 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4139 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4141 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4144 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4147 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4149 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4150 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4153 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4154 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4157 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4174 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4176 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4177 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4178 commands (other
.commands
),
4179 print (other
.print
),
4181 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4183 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4184 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4185 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4188 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4189 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4192 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4196 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4201 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4203 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4206 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4216 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4219 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4224 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4226 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4232 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4235 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4237 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4239 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4241 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4243 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4248 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4257 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4258 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4259 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4260 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4262 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4263 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4265 Return 1 otherwise. */
4268 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4270 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4273 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4275 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4276 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4277 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4278 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4279 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4281 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4283 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4287 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4290 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4294 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4297 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4298 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4300 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4301 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4305 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4308 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4310 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4312 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4314 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4315 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4316 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4317 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4318 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4322 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4325 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4326 or its equivalent. */
4329 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4331 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4334 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4335 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4336 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4337 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4339 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4340 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4341 bpstat of the current thread. */
4344 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4349 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4351 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4354 scoped_restore save_executing
4355 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4357 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4359 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4362 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4363 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4365 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4367 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4369 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4370 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4371 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4372 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4373 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4374 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4375 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4376 the tree when we're done. */
4377 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4378 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4381 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4383 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4389 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4391 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4397 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4399 if (current_ui
->async
)
4400 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4401 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4402 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4405 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4406 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4407 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4408 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4409 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4410 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4411 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4412 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4413 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4414 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4415 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4416 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4417 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4425 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4426 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4428 static thread_info
*
4429 get_bpstat_thread ()
4431 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4434 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4435 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4441 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4443 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4446 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4447 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4449 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4450 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4451 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4452 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4453 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4457 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4460 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4463 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4466 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4469 struct value_print_options opts
;
4470 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4471 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4475 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4476 debugging multiple threads. */
4479 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4481 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4486 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4489 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4491 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4492 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4494 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4497 uiout
->text (" \"");
4498 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4502 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4506 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4507 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4508 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4509 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4512 static enum print_stop_action
4513 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4515 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4518 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4519 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4523 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4524 relevant messages. */
4525 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4528 case print_it_normal
:
4530 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4532 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4533 which has since been deleted. */
4535 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4537 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4538 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4543 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4544 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4549 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4552 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4554 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4555 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4559 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4560 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4562 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4563 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4566 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4567 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4568 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4572 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4573 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4574 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4576 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4579 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4580 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4581 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4587 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4588 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4590 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4593 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4595 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4596 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4601 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4602 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4603 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4604 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4605 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4606 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4607 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4610 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4611 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4612 code to print the location. An example is
4613 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4615 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4616 to also print the location part of the message.
4617 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4618 don't require a location appended to the end.
4619 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4620 further info to be printed. */
4622 enum print_stop_action
4623 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4625 enum print_stop_action val
;
4627 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4628 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4629 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4630 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4631 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4633 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4634 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4635 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4636 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4640 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4641 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4642 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4643 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4645 print_solib_event (0);
4646 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4649 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4650 with and nothing was printed. */
4651 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4654 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4657 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4659 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4660 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4662 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4666 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4668 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4670 bp_location_at (bl
),
4671 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4675 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4677 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4678 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4679 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4684 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4685 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4689 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4693 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4694 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4697 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4699 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4701 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4703 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4705 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4706 as not triggered. */
4708 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4710 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4712 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4718 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4720 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4721 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4725 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4727 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4733 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4734 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4738 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4740 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4741 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4743 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4744 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4746 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4748 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4749 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4751 if (newaddr
== start
)
4753 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4757 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4758 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4762 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4771 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4772 enum wp_check_result
4774 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4777 /* The value has changed. */
4778 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4780 /* The value has not changed. */
4781 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4783 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4787 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4788 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4790 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4793 static wp_check_result
4794 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4796 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4797 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4798 int within_current_scope
;
4800 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4801 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4802 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4804 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4805 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4806 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4807 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4810 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4811 within_current_scope
= 1;
4814 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4815 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4816 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4818 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4819 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4820 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4821 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4822 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4823 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4824 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4825 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4826 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4827 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4830 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4831 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4833 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4834 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4835 if (within_current_scope
)
4837 struct symbol
*function
;
4839 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4840 if (function
== NULL
4841 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4842 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4843 within_current_scope
= 0;
4846 if (within_current_scope
)
4847 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4848 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4853 if (within_current_scope
)
4855 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4856 time before we return to the command level and call
4857 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4858 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4862 struct value
*new_val
;
4864 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4865 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4866 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4867 a mask watchpoint. */
4868 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4870 mark
= value_mark ();
4871 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4873 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4874 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4876 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4877 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4878 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4879 not what we want. */
4880 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4881 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4884 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4885 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4887 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4888 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4889 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4893 /* Nothing changed. */
4894 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4895 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4900 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4901 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4902 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4903 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4904 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4905 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4906 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4907 the first value assigned). */
4908 /* We print all the stop information in
4909 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4910 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4911 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4914 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4916 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4918 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4920 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4921 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4922 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4923 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4924 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4927 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4929 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4935 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4936 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4937 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4940 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4941 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4942 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4944 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4946 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4947 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4949 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4952 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4953 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4956 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4958 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4959 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4961 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4962 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4963 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4964 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4965 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4968 int must_check_value
= 0;
4970 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4971 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4973 must_check_value
= 1;
4974 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4975 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4976 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4978 must_check_value
= 1;
4979 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4980 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4981 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4982 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4983 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4984 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4985 must_check_value
= 1;
4987 if (must_check_value
)
4993 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
4995 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
4997 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
4998 "Error evaluating expression "
4999 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5002 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5004 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5007 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5014 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5015 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5019 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5022 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5023 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5025 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5027 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5028 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5029 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5030 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5031 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5032 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5033 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5036 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5037 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5040 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5041 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5042 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5043 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5045 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5046 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5047 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5050 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5051 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5052 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5053 changes. This still gives false positives when
5054 the program writes the same value to memory as
5055 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5056 it for a read), but it's much better than
5059 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5061 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5063 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5066 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5067 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5069 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5070 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5072 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5073 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5075 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5081 if (other_write_watchpoint
5082 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5084 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5085 and the value changed since the last time we
5086 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5088 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5093 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5094 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5095 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5097 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5098 the value hasn't changed. */
5099 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5109 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5111 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5112 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5113 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5114 anything for this watchpoint. */
5115 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5121 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5122 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5123 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5124 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5127 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5129 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5130 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5132 bool condition_result
= true;
5133 struct expression
*cond
;
5135 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5137 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5138 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5139 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5140 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5141 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5143 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5144 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5145 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5147 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5148 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5154 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5155 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5157 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5158 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5164 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5166 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5168 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5170 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5172 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5175 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5177 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5179 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5180 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5182 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5183 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5184 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5185 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5187 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5189 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5190 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5194 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5195 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5196 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5197 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5198 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5200 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5201 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5204 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5206 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5207 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5208 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5209 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5210 really matter which instantiation of the function
5211 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5212 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5213 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5214 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5215 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5216 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5217 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5218 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5220 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5222 select_frame (frame
);
5224 within_current_scope
= 0;
5226 if (within_current_scope
)
5230 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5232 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5234 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5235 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5240 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5241 "in the current scope"));
5242 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5243 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5245 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5246 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5249 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5253 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5257 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5259 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5263 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5264 on the current target. */
5267 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5269 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5270 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5271 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5272 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5278 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5279 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5281 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5282 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5286 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5289 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5291 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5292 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5293 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5294 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5295 checked all locations already. */
5296 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5299 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5302 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5305 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5308 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5311 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5312 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5313 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5317 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5318 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5319 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5321 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5323 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5325 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5330 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5331 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5332 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5334 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5336 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5337 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5339 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5340 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5343 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5351 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5354 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5355 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5356 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5359 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5360 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5361 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5363 int need_remove_insert
;
5366 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5367 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5368 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5369 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5370 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5371 inferior function calls. */
5372 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5373 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5375 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5376 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5377 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5379 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5381 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5383 handle_solib_event ();
5388 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5389 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5390 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5394 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5399 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5400 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5403 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5408 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5410 /* We will stop here. */
5411 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5413 --(b
->enable_count
);
5414 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5415 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5420 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5421 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5422 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5425 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5430 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5432 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5433 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5436 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5437 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5438 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5440 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5441 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5442 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5444 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5445 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5447 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5449 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5450 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5453 if (need_remove_insert
)
5454 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5455 else if (removed_any
)
5456 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5462 handle_jit_event (void)
5464 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5465 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5468 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5470 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5471 breakpoint_re_set. */
5472 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5474 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5475 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5477 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5479 target_terminal::inferior ();
5482 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5484 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5487 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5489 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5492 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5493 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5494 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5496 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5498 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5499 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5500 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5503 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5505 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5506 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5510 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5517 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5518 case bp_single_step
:
5521 case bp_shlib_event
:
5525 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5527 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5530 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5533 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5534 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5535 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5541 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5545 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5546 This requires no further action. */
5550 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5554 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5555 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5558 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5560 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5561 case bp_exception_resume
:
5564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5565 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5568 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5570 case bp_step_resume
:
5572 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5575 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5579 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5581 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5584 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5585 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5588 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5589 case bp_thread_event
:
5590 case bp_overlay_event
:
5591 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5592 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5593 case bp_exception_master
:
5594 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5600 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5606 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5607 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5608 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5609 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5613 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5616 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5617 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5618 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5619 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5621 case bp_std_terminate
:
5622 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5623 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5624 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5625 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5628 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5629 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5630 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5631 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5633 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5634 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5636 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5637 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5638 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5640 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5641 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5642 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5643 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5648 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5650 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5654 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5655 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5658 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5665 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5669 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5671 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5678 handle_jit_event ();
5680 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5681 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5683 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5684 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5690 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5693 bpstat_should_step ()
5695 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5698 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5703 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5706 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5708 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5717 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5718 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5719 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5722 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5724 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5725 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5729 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5731 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5733 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5734 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5735 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5740 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5746 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5747 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5749 "host": Host evals condition.
5750 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5751 "target": Target evals condition.
5755 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5757 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5758 char host_evals
= 0;
5759 char target_evals
= 0;
5764 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5767 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5768 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5769 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5771 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5773 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5779 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5780 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5781 else if (target_evals
)
5782 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5784 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5787 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5788 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5791 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5793 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5796 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5797 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5798 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5800 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5801 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5803 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5806 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5809 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5810 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5812 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5814 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5816 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5820 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5822 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5823 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5824 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5826 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5830 uiout
->text ("in ");
5831 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
5832 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
5834 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5835 uiout
->text ("at ");
5837 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5838 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5839 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5842 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5843 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5845 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5851 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5853 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5857 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5858 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5859 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5860 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5861 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5862 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5864 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5868 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5872 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5873 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5874 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5877 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5878 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5884 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5886 struct ep_type_description
5889 const char *description
;
5891 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5893 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5894 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5895 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5896 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5897 {bp_until
, "until"},
5898 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5899 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5900 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5901 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5902 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5903 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5904 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5905 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5906 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5907 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5908 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5909 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5910 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5911 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5912 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5913 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5914 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5915 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5916 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5917 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5918 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5919 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5920 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5921 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5922 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5923 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5924 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5925 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5926 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5929 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5930 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5931 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5932 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5935 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5938 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5939 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5942 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5943 const char *field_name
,
5944 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5947 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5949 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5950 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5951 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5954 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5956 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5962 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5963 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
5968 uiout
->text (" inf ");
5972 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
5977 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
5978 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
5979 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
5980 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
5984 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5985 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5987 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5988 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
5990 struct command_line
*l
;
5991 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5993 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5994 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5995 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5996 struct value_print_options opts
;
5998 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6000 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6001 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6002 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6005 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6006 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6014 if (part_of_multiple
)
6015 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6017 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6021 if (part_of_multiple
)
6022 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6024 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6028 if (part_of_multiple
)
6029 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6031 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6035 if (part_of_multiple
)
6036 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6038 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6041 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6042 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6045 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6047 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6049 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6050 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6051 is relatively readable). */
6052 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6053 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6055 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6057 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6058 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6060 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6063 if (header_of_multiple
)
6064 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6065 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6066 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6068 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6069 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6072 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6073 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6079 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6081 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6084 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6086 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6087 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6090 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6091 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6093 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6094 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6095 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6096 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6097 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6098 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6100 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6103 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6105 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6107 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6108 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6109 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6110 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6112 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6114 uiout
->text (" task ");
6115 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6121 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6122 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6124 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6127 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6128 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6130 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6131 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6135 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6138 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6139 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6141 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6142 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6144 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6145 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6146 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6147 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6148 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6151 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6152 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6153 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6158 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6160 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6161 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6162 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6163 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6166 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6168 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6173 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6177 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6178 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6179 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6180 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6181 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6183 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6184 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6185 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6186 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6187 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6189 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6193 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6194 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6195 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6199 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6202 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6203 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6204 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6207 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6208 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6209 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6210 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6213 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6214 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6215 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6216 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6217 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6219 uiout
->text ("next ");
6220 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6221 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6224 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6226 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6228 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6230 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6231 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6232 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6236 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6237 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6240 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6241 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6244 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6246 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6248 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6250 annotate_field (10);
6251 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6252 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6253 uiout
->text (" \n");
6256 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6258 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6260 annotate_field (11);
6262 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6263 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6264 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6270 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6271 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6276 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6278 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6280 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6282 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6284 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6285 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6286 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6287 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6291 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6293 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6296 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6297 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6300 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6301 bool use_fixed_output
6302 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6303 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6305 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6306 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6308 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6310 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6311 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6313 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6314 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6315 locations, if any. */
6317 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6320 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6321 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6322 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6325 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6326 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6328 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6329 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6330 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6331 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6332 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6333 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6334 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6336 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))))
6338 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6340 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6341 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6343 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6344 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6347 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6349 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6350 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6358 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6360 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6361 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6363 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6364 address to print. */
6365 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6368 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6372 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6373 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6374 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6377 return print_address_bits
;
6380 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6383 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6385 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6386 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6389 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6390 internal or momentary. */
6393 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6395 return b
->number
> 0;
6398 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6401 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6403 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6406 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6408 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6409 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6410 list are then printed.
6412 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6414 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6415 ones for which it returns true.
6417 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6420 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6421 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6423 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6424 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6425 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6426 struct value_print_options opts
;
6427 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6428 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6429 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6431 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6433 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6434 required for address fields. */
6435 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6438 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6439 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6442 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6443 accept. Skip the others. */
6444 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6446 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6448 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6452 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6454 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6456 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6457 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6458 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6460 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6461 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6462 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6464 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6469 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6470 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6471 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6474 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6475 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6476 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6478 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6479 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6481 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6482 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6484 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6485 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6487 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6488 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6490 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6492 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6493 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6495 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6497 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6499 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6500 uiout
->table_body ();
6501 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6502 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6507 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6508 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6511 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6512 accept. Skip the others. */
6514 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6516 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6518 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6521 else /* all others */
6523 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6527 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6528 show_internal is set. */
6529 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6530 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6534 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6536 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6540 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6541 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6543 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6549 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6550 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6553 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6554 there have been breakpoints? */
6555 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6557 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6560 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6561 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6564 default_collect_info (void)
6566 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6568 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6569 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6571 if (!*default_collect
)
6574 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6576 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6577 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6578 uiout
->text (" \n");
6582 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6584 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6586 default_collect_info ();
6590 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6592 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6593 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6595 if (num_printed
== 0)
6597 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6598 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6600 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6605 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6607 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6609 default_collect_info ();
6613 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6614 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6615 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6617 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6619 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6621 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6622 && bl
->address
== pc
6623 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6629 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6630 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6634 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6635 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6636 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6642 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6643 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6647 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6648 else /* if (others == ???) */
6649 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6651 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6654 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6655 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6656 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6657 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6658 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6659 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6660 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6661 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6665 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6667 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6668 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), address_style
.style (), gdb_stdout
);
6669 printf_filtered (".\n");
6674 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6675 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6676 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6677 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6679 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6680 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6681 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6682 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6686 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6688 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6691 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6692 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6695 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6696 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6698 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6699 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6701 /* Both of them must exist. */
6702 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6703 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6705 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6706 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6707 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6708 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6709 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6710 other watchpoint. */
6712 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6714 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6715 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6717 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6719 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6720 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6723 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6724 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6725 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6726 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6727 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6728 become hw_access locations later. */
6729 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6730 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6731 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6732 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6735 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6738 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6739 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6741 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6742 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6746 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6747 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6748 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6749 space doesn't really matter. */
6752 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6754 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6757 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6758 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6759 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6762 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6763 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6764 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6765 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6768 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6769 const address_space
*aspace
,
6772 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6775 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6776 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6780 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6781 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6782 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6783 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6784 doesn't really matter. */
6787 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6788 const address_space
*aspace
,
6789 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6791 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6792 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6794 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6796 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6802 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6803 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6804 true, otherwise returns false. */
6807 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6808 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6810 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6811 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6812 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6813 different locations. */
6814 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6819 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6820 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6821 the same location. */
6824 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6825 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6827 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6829 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6830 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6831 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6833 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6834 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6836 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6839 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6840 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6841 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6843 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6844 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6845 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6846 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6850 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6851 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6853 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6854 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6858 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6859 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6861 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6862 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6864 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6867 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6868 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6869 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6870 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6873 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6874 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6876 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6877 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6878 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6879 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6880 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6882 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6883 have their addresses modified. */
6886 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6888 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6889 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6890 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6891 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6892 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6893 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6898 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6900 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6902 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6903 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6904 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6907 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6909 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6910 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6912 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6913 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6915 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6920 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
6925 case bp_single_step
:
6929 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6930 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6932 case bp_exception_resume
:
6933 case bp_step_resume
:
6934 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6935 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6937 case bp_std_terminate
:
6938 case bp_shlib_event
:
6939 case bp_thread_event
:
6940 case bp_overlay_event
:
6942 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6943 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6944 case bp_exception_master
:
6945 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6946 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6948 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6949 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6950 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6951 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6952 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6953 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6954 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6958 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6959 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6960 return bp_loc_other
;
6962 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6966 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
6968 this->owner
= owner
;
6969 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6970 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6973 this->loc_type
= type
;
6975 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
6976 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
6977 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
6982 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
6983 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
6984 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
6988 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6990 static struct bp_location
*
6991 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6993 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6997 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7002 /* Increment reference count. */
7005 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7010 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7011 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7014 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7016 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7018 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7019 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7023 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7026 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7028 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7029 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7031 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7032 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7034 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7036 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7041 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7047 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7050 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7051 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7053 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7055 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7059 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7060 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7061 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7062 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7065 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7066 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7068 static struct breakpoint
*
7069 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7071 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7073 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7075 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7076 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7079 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7082 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7084 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7086 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7087 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7088 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7090 const char *function_name
;
7092 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7093 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7094 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7096 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7098 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7100 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7101 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7103 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7104 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7105 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7106 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7108 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7112 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7115 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7119 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7121 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7124 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7126 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7131 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7132 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7133 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7135 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7136 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7137 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7140 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7141 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7144 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7146 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7148 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7149 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7151 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7152 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7154 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7155 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7158 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7159 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7160 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7161 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7162 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7163 is also returned as the value of this function.
7165 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7166 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7167 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7168 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7169 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7170 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7171 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7174 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7175 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7176 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7178 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7180 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7181 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7184 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7185 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7186 initiated the operation. */
7189 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7191 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7192 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7194 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7195 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7196 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7197 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7199 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7200 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7201 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7203 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7204 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7206 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7207 after their removal. */
7208 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7209 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7210 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7213 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7216 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7218 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7220 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7223 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7225 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7226 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7231 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7233 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7235 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7236 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7238 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7239 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7243 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7244 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7245 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7249 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7251 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7254 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7256 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7258 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7259 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7261 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7263 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7265 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7268 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7269 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7270 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7271 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7277 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7278 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7281 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7282 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7286 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7288 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7291 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7293 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7295 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7296 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7297 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7298 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7301 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7303 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7305 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7306 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7307 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7309 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7314 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7316 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7319 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7321 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7322 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7323 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7328 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7330 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7333 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7335 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7336 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7337 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7341 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7342 master breakpoint. */
7344 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7346 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7349 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7350 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7352 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7353 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7357 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7359 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7361 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7364 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7365 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7369 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7371 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7373 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7374 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7376 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7377 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7378 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7380 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7385 struct lang_and_radix
7391 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7394 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7396 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7397 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7400 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7403 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7405 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7408 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7409 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7410 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7414 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7416 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7419 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7420 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7421 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7424 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7427 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7429 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7432 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7433 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7434 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7437 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7438 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7439 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7441 static struct breakpoint
*
7442 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7443 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7445 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7447 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7448 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7449 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7454 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7456 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7459 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7462 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7464 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7466 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7468 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7469 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7471 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7477 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7478 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7481 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7483 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7485 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7487 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7488 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7490 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7491 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7492 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7493 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7494 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7495 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7496 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7497 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7498 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7499 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7500 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7501 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7504 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7509 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7510 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7511 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7514 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7516 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7517 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7519 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7521 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7522 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7524 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7525 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7526 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7527 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7528 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7529 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7530 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7531 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7532 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7534 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7535 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7536 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7537 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7540 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7541 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7543 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7545 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7546 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7547 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7550 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7555 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7556 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7557 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7560 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7562 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7564 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7567 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7568 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7569 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7570 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7571 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7572 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7573 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7574 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7575 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7576 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7578 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7579 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7584 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7585 int bp_modified
= 0;
7587 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7590 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7592 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7594 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7595 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7598 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7601 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7604 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7605 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7608 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7610 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7611 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7612 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7613 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7614 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7617 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7624 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7628 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7630 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7631 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7632 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7634 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7636 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7637 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7638 catchpoint has triggered. */
7639 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7642 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7646 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7648 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7651 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7655 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7657 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7660 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7664 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7665 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7666 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7668 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7670 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7673 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7677 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7680 static enum print_stop_action
7681 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7683 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7684 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7685 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7687 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7688 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7689 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7690 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7692 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7693 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7695 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7696 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7698 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7699 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7700 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7701 uiout
->text ("), ");
7702 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7705 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7709 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7711 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7712 struct value_print_options opts
;
7713 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7715 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7717 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7718 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7720 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7721 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7723 uiout
->text ("fork");
7724 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7726 uiout
->text (", process ");
7727 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7731 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7732 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7735 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7739 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7741 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7744 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7748 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7751 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7754 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7756 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7758 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7762 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7764 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7767 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7771 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7773 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7776 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7780 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7781 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7782 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7784 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7786 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7789 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7793 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7796 static enum print_stop_action
7797 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7799 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7800 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7801 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7803 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7804 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7805 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7806 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7808 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7809 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7811 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7812 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7814 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7815 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7816 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7817 uiout
->text ("), ");
7818 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7821 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7825 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7827 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7828 struct value_print_options opts
;
7829 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7831 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7832 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7833 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7835 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7836 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7838 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7839 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7841 uiout
->text (", process ");
7842 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7846 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7847 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7850 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7854 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7856 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7859 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7863 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7865 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7866 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7869 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7871 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7873 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7874 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7875 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7877 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7879 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7881 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7882 unsigned char is_load
;
7884 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7885 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7887 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7890 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7892 xfree (this->regex
);
7896 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7902 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7908 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7909 const address_space
*aspace
,
7911 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7913 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7914 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7916 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7919 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7921 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7923 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7926 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7929 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7932 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7934 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7943 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7945 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7946 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7950 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7953 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7959 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7962 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7968 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7971 static enum print_stop_action
7972 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7974 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7975 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7977 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7978 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7979 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7980 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7982 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7983 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7985 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7986 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7987 print_solib_event (1);
7988 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7992 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7994 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7995 struct value_print_options opts
;
7996 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7998 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7999 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8000 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8002 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8005 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8013 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8015 msg
= _("load of library");
8020 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8022 msg
= _("unload of library");
8024 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8026 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8027 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8031 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8033 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8035 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8036 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8040 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8042 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8044 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8045 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8046 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8048 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8049 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8052 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8054 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8055 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8056 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8057 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8058 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8059 created in an enabled state. */
8062 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8064 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8068 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8070 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8074 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8075 _("Invalid regexp")));
8076 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8079 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8080 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8081 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8083 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8085 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8088 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8092 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8093 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8096 const int enabled
= 1;
8098 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8100 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8104 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8105 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8107 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8111 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8112 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8114 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8117 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8118 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8119 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8120 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8123 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8124 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8125 const char *cond_string
,
8126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8128 symtab_and_line sal
;
8129 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8131 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8133 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8134 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8138 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8140 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8141 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8142 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8143 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8146 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8149 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8153 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8154 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8157 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8159 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8161 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8163 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8166 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8168 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8169 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8170 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8172 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8174 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8176 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8177 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8179 char *exec_pathname
;
8182 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8184 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8186 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8190 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8192 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8196 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8198 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8202 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8203 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8204 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8206 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8208 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8211 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8215 static enum print_stop_action
8216 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8218 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8219 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8220 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8222 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8223 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8224 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8225 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8227 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8228 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8230 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8231 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8233 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8234 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8235 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8236 uiout
->text ("), ");
8238 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8242 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8244 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8245 struct value_print_options opts
;
8246 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8248 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8250 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8251 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8252 is relatively readable). */
8253 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8254 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8256 uiout
->text ("exec");
8257 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8259 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8260 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8261 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8264 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8265 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8269 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8271 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8274 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8278 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8280 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8281 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8284 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8287 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8290 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8291 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8295 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8296 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8298 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8300 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8307 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8311 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8314 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8316 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8319 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8321 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8323 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8329 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8330 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8331 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8332 types _not_ TYPE. */
8335 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8336 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8339 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8341 *other_type_used
= 0;
8346 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8349 if (b
->type
== type
)
8350 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8351 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8352 *other_type_used
= 1;
8359 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8361 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8365 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8367 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8368 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8374 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8376 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8380 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8382 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8383 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8389 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8391 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8392 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8396 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8398 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8399 breakpoint_re_set ();
8402 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8405 static struct breakpoint
*
8406 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8408 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8410 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8411 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8413 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8414 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8417 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8419 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8422 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8423 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8427 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8428 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8430 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8432 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8434 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8436 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8437 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8438 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8439 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8441 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8443 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8445 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8448 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8449 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8450 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8452 static struct breakpoint
*
8453 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8455 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8458 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8460 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8461 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8462 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8464 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8465 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8466 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8467 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8468 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8469 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8470 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8471 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8472 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8473 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8474 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8475 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8477 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8478 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8479 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8481 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8485 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8489 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8491 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8495 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8499 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8502 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8504 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8506 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8507 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8509 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8513 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8516 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8518 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8519 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8523 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8525 static struct bp_location
*
8526 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8527 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8529 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8530 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8531 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8533 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8534 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8536 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8537 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8538 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8539 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8540 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8541 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8542 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8545 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8546 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8547 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8548 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8553 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8554 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8555 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8556 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8557 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8558 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8559 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8560 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8561 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8562 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8563 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8564 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8565 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8567 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8569 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8570 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8571 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8572 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8573 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8574 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8575 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8576 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8577 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8578 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8579 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8580 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8582 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8589 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8592 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8596 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8597 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8600 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8602 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8606 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8608 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8609 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8610 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8611 scoped_restore restore_memory
8612 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8614 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8615 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8621 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8622 return 0 otherwise. */
8625 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8627 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8629 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8630 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8631 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8632 program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8634 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8637 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8638 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8639 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8642 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8643 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8646 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8648 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8649 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8654 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8656 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8658 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8660 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8662 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8663 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8665 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8666 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8667 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8669 if (!dprintf_function
)
8670 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8672 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8673 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8678 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8682 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8684 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8685 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8688 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8689 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8693 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8694 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8696 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8698 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8699 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8700 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8701 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8702 command_lines_deleter ()));
8705 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8706 current style settings. */
8709 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8710 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8712 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8716 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8717 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8721 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8722 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8723 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8724 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8727 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8728 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8729 event_location_up
&&location
,
8730 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8731 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8732 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8733 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8734 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8735 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8736 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8737 int display_canonical
)
8741 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8743 int target_resources_ok
;
8745 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8746 target_resources_ok
=
8747 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8749 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8750 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8751 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8752 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8755 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8757 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8759 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8763 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8765 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8767 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8768 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8771 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8773 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8777 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8778 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8779 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8780 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8781 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8783 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8784 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8786 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8788 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8789 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8791 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8793 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8794 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8796 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8799 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8801 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8803 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8805 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8807 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8809 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8811 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8813 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8815 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8818 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8819 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8826 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8827 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8833 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8835 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8836 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8838 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8841 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8842 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8843 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8845 if (b
->extra_string
)
8846 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8848 error (_("Format string required"));
8850 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8851 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8854 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8855 if (location
!= NULL
)
8856 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8858 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8859 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8863 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8864 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8865 event_location_up
&&location
,
8866 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8867 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8868 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8869 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8870 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8871 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8872 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8873 int display_canonical
)
8875 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8877 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8878 sals
, std::move (location
),
8880 std::move (cond_string
),
8881 std::move (extra_string
),
8883 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8885 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8888 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8891 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8892 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8893 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8894 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8895 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8896 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8897 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8898 we take just a single condition string.
8900 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8901 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8902 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8903 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8904 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8907 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8908 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8909 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8910 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8911 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8912 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8913 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8914 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8916 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8917 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8919 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8921 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8922 'break', without arguments. */
8923 event_location_up location
8924 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8925 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8926 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8927 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8929 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8930 std::move (location
),
8931 std::move (filter_string
),
8932 std::move (cond_string
),
8933 std::move (extra_string
),
8935 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8936 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8937 canonical
->special_display
);
8941 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8942 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8943 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8944 linespec locations).
8946 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8947 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8950 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8951 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8953 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8955 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8957 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8961 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8962 breakpoint address. */
8963 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8965 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8966 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8967 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8968 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8969 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8970 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8971 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8973 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8975 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8976 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8977 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8978 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8979 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8981 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8983 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8985 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8987 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8991 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8995 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8996 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8997 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8998 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9000 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9001 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9002 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9003 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9005 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9007 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9008 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9012 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9015 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9016 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9017 get_last_displayed_line (),
9018 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9023 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9024 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9028 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9029 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9032 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9034 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9035 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9038 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9039 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9040 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9041 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9042 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9046 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9047 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9049 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9051 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9053 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9054 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9055 associated with SAL. */
9059 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9060 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9061 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9065 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9066 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9067 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9068 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9069 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9070 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9073 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9074 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9077 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9084 const char *end_tok
;
9086 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9087 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9089 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9091 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9093 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9097 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9099 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9101 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9103 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9104 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9106 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9108 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9111 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9114 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9116 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9117 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9120 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9125 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9127 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9128 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9129 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9134 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9138 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9142 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9144 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9145 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9147 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9150 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9152 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9154 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9156 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9157 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9158 if (markers
.empty ())
9159 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9160 marker_str
.c_str ());
9162 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9163 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9165 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9167 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9168 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9169 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9176 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9179 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9180 const struct event_location
*location
,
9181 const char *cond_string
,
9182 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9184 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9186 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9187 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9188 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9191 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9194 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9196 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9198 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9199 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9200 extra_string
= NULL
;
9204 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9206 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9208 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9210 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9212 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9215 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9218 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9220 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9221 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9222 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9223 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9224 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9227 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9228 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9229 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9230 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9237 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9240 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9241 are ok for the target. */
9244 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9245 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9248 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9249 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9251 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9252 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9255 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9256 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9260 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9261 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9268 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9270 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9271 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9272 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9273 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9275 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9276 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9277 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9278 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9282 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9283 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9284 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9286 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9288 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9289 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9291 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9294 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9295 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9296 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9298 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9299 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9300 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9304 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9306 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9307 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9310 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9313 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9314 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9318 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9319 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9320 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9321 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9322 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9323 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9324 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9325 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9326 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9328 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9331 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9333 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9334 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9335 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9338 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9343 /* Set a breakpoint.
9344 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9345 condition, and thread.
9346 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9347 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9351 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9353 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9354 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9355 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9357 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9359 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9361 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9362 if (location
!= NULL
9363 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9364 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9366 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9368 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9370 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9371 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9372 0 /* Ignore count */,
9373 pending_break_support
,
9381 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9384 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9388 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9390 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9391 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9392 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9395 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9396 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9397 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9398 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9401 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9403 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9404 const struct block
*b
;
9407 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9408 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9411 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9414 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9415 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9420 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9421 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9422 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9423 happen in assembly source). */
9425 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9426 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9428 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9430 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9437 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9439 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9443 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9445 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9449 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9451 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9455 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9457 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9461 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9463 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9464 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9465 stop at <line>\n"));
9469 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9475 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9477 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9480 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9481 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9482 function/method name. */
9483 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9485 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9490 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9492 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9496 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9498 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9502 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9506 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9510 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9513 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9514 it is probably a line number. */
9515 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9517 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9522 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9524 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9528 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9530 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9533 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9534 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9535 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9539 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9541 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9543 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9544 the next character must be ','. */
9547 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9548 error (_("Format string required"));
9551 /* Skip the comma. */
9556 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9558 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9560 0 /* Ignore count */,
9561 pending_break_support
,
9562 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9570 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9572 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9575 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9576 ranged breakpoints. */
9579 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9580 const address_space
*aspace
,
9582 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9584 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9585 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9588 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9589 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9592 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9593 ranged breakpoints. */
9596 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9598 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9601 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9602 ranged breakpoints. */
9604 static enum print_stop_action
9605 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9607 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9608 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9609 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9611 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9613 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9614 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9616 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9618 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9620 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9621 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9623 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9624 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9626 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9627 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9628 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9630 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9633 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9636 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9637 ranged breakpoints. */
9640 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9641 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9643 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9644 struct value_print_options opts
;
9645 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9647 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9648 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9650 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9652 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9653 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9654 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9655 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9657 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9661 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9662 ranged breakpoints. */
9665 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9666 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9668 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9669 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9674 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9675 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9677 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9678 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9679 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9680 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9681 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9685 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9686 ranged breakpoints. */
9689 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9691 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9692 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9695 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9697 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9698 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9699 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9702 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9703 ranged breakpoints. */
9706 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9709 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9710 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9711 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9714 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9716 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9718 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9719 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9720 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9721 last instruction of the given line. */
9724 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9728 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9729 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9730 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9737 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9739 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9741 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9748 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9751 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9753 const char *arg_start
;
9754 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9755 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9757 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9759 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9760 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9761 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9763 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9764 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9765 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9768 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9770 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9771 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9772 error(_("No address range specified."));
9775 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9777 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9780 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9781 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9782 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9784 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9786 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9787 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9788 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9790 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9791 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9793 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9794 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9796 /* Parse the end location. */
9800 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9801 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9802 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9803 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9804 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9805 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9807 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9808 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9809 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9811 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9812 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9814 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9815 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9816 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9817 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9819 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9821 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9822 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9823 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9825 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9827 /* Length overflowed. */
9828 error (_("Address range too large."));
9829 else if (length
== 1)
9831 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9832 the `hbreak' command. */
9833 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9838 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9839 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9840 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9841 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9842 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9843 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9844 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9845 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9846 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9849 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9850 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9853 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9854 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9855 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9859 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9867 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9868 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9871 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9881 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9882 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9883 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9884 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9885 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9887 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9913 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9916 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9917 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9922 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9923 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9924 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9925 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9926 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9927 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9928 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9930 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9931 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9936 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9938 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9939 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9940 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9941 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9943 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9944 are always constant. */
9946 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9948 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9949 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9950 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9955 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9956 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9957 then it is not a constant. */
9966 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9968 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
9970 xfree (this->exp_string
);
9971 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
9974 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9977 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9981 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9982 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9984 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9985 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9986 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9987 are loaded and unloaded.
9989 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9990 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9991 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9992 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9993 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9994 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9996 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9997 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9998 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9999 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10001 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10002 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10004 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10005 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10006 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10009 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10012 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10014 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10015 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10017 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10018 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10021 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10024 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10026 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10027 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10029 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10030 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10034 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10035 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10036 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10038 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10039 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10041 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10042 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10043 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10044 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10045 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10046 (did not match the data address). */
10047 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10048 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10055 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10057 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10059 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10062 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10063 hardware watchpoints. */
10066 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10068 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10069 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10071 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10074 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10075 hardware watchpoints. */
10078 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10080 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10081 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10084 static enum print_stop_action
10085 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10088 enum print_stop_action result
;
10089 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10090 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10092 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10094 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10095 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10097 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10098 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10102 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10105 case bp_watchpoint
:
10106 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10107 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10108 uiout
->field_string
10109 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10111 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10112 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10113 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10114 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10115 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10116 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10117 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10118 uiout
->text ("\n");
10119 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10120 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10123 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10124 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10125 uiout
->field_string
10126 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10128 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10129 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10130 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10131 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10132 uiout
->text ("\n");
10133 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10136 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10137 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10139 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10140 uiout
->field_string
10142 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10144 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10145 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10146 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10147 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10148 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10153 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10154 uiout
->field_string
10156 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10157 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10158 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10160 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10161 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10162 uiout
->text ("\n");
10163 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10166 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10172 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10176 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10178 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10179 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10180 const char *tuple_name
;
10184 case bp_watchpoint
:
10185 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10186 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10188 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10189 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10190 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10192 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10193 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10194 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10196 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10197 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10198 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10201 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10202 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10205 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10206 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10207 uiout
->text (": ");
10208 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10211 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10215 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10217 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10221 case bp_watchpoint
:
10222 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10223 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10225 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10226 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10228 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10229 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10232 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10233 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10236 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10237 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10240 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10244 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10246 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10247 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10248 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10256 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10258 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10259 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10262 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10264 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10266 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10267 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10270 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10271 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10274 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10276 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10278 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10279 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10282 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10283 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10286 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10288 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10290 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10293 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10294 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10297 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10302 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10303 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10305 static enum print_stop_action
10306 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10308 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10309 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10311 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10312 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10314 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10315 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10319 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10320 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10321 uiout
->field_string
10322 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10325 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10326 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10327 uiout
->field_string
10328 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10331 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10332 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10333 uiout
->field_string
10335 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10338 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10339 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10343 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10344 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10345 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10346 uiout
->text ("\n");
10348 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10349 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10352 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10353 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10356 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10357 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10359 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10361 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10362 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10364 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10365 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10366 uiout
->text ("\n");
10369 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10370 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10373 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10375 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10376 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10377 const char *tuple_name
;
10381 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10382 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10383 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10385 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10386 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10387 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10389 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10390 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10391 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10394 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10395 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10398 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10399 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10400 uiout
->text (": ");
10401 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10404 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10405 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10408 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10410 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10415 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10416 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10418 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10419 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10421 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10422 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10425 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10426 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10429 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10431 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10434 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10436 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10438 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10441 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10443 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10446 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10447 hw_read: watch read,
10448 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10450 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10451 int just_location
, int internal
)
10453 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10454 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10455 struct value
*result
;
10456 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10457 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10458 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10459 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10461 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10462 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10463 enum bptype bp_type
;
10466 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10467 the hardware watchpoint. */
10469 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10471 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10472 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10474 const char *value_start
;
10476 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10478 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10479 of the arguments string. */
10480 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10482 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10483 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10486 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10487 This is the value of the parameter. */
10488 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10490 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10492 /* Skip whitespace. */
10493 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10498 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10499 This is the parameter itself. */
10500 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10503 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10505 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10507 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10508 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10509 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10510 only in a specific thread. */
10514 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10516 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10517 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10519 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10520 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10521 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10523 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10525 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10527 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10528 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10530 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10533 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10535 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10537 mark
= value_mark ();
10538 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10539 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10540 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10543 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10546 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10547 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10554 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10555 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10557 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10558 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10559 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10560 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10562 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10563 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10565 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10568 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10569 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10573 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10574 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10576 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10579 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10580 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10581 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10582 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10585 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10587 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10588 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10596 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10597 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10598 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10602 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10605 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10606 else if (ret
== -2)
10607 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10610 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10611 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10613 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10614 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10616 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10617 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10619 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10620 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10621 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10623 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10624 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10625 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10630 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10632 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10634 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10636 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10638 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10639 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10640 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10641 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10642 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10644 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10646 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10648 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10649 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10652 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10653 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10654 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10656 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10659 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10661 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10662 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10664 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10665 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10667 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10668 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10669 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10670 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10671 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10672 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10673 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10677 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10678 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10679 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10680 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10682 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10683 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10684 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10685 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10687 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10689 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10692 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10693 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10695 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10696 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10697 w
->thread
= thread
;
10698 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10699 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10700 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10701 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10702 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10705 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10706 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10708 w
->exp_string_reparse
10709 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10711 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10712 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10715 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10719 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10724 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10725 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10730 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10732 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10734 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10736 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10737 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10741 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10742 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10745 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10747 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10748 need to act on them together. */
10749 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10750 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10753 if (!just_location
)
10754 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10756 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10757 that should be inserted. */
10758 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10760 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10763 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10764 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10767 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10769 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10771 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10772 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10775 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10776 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10778 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10779 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10780 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10781 hardware watchpoint.
10783 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10784 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10785 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10786 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10787 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10788 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10789 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10790 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10791 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10793 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10794 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10795 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10796 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10797 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10799 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10801 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10803 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10804 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10805 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10806 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10807 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10808 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10812 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10813 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10814 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10816 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10817 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10818 middle of some value chain. */
10820 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10821 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10823 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10827 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10828 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10829 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10831 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10835 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10839 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10840 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10841 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10842 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10843 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10846 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10847 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10848 return found_memory_cnt
;
10852 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10854 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10857 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10858 calls watch_command_1. */
10861 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10863 int just_location
= 0;
10866 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10867 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10870 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10874 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10876 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10880 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10882 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10886 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10888 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10892 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10894 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10898 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10900 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10904 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10905 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10908 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10910 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10913 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10914 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
10916 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10918 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
10920 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10921 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
10922 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
10923 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10925 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint
)),
10926 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint
))
10930 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10931 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10932 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10935 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10936 until(location)/advance commands. */
10939 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10941 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10942 location_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
10943 || (caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
10944 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10945 caller_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
))
10951 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10952 until(location)/advance commands. */
10955 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10957 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10958 location_breakpoint
.reset ();
10959 caller_breakpoint
.reset ();
10960 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10963 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10964 until(location)/advance commands. */
10966 enum async_reply_reason
10967 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10969 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10973 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10975 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10976 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10977 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10978 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10980 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10982 clear_proceed_status (0);
10984 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10987 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10989 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
10990 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10991 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10992 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10993 get_last_displayed_line ())
10994 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10997 if (sals
.size () != 1)
10998 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11000 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11003 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11005 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11007 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11008 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11010 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11011 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11012 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11015 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11016 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11017 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11018 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11020 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11023 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11025 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11027 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11029 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11030 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11032 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11033 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11034 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11035 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11040 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11041 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11044 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11047 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11049 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11050 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11051 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11052 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11054 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11055 only at the very same frame. */
11056 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11057 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11059 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11060 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11061 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11064 lj_deleter
->release ();
11066 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11069 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11070 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11072 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11073 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11074 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11075 if clause in the arg string. */
11078 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11080 const char *cond_string
;
11082 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11085 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11088 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11089 condition string. */
11090 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11091 cond_string
= *arg
;
11093 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11095 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11097 return cond_string
;
11100 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11101 process start/exit, etc. */
11105 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11106 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11111 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11112 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11114 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11115 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11116 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11119 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11120 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11121 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11125 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11127 /* The allowed syntax is:
11129 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11131 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11132 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11134 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11135 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11137 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11138 and enable reporting of such events. */
11141 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11142 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11143 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11144 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11146 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11147 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11148 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11149 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11152 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11158 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11159 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11161 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11163 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11165 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11169 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11171 /* The allowed syntax is:
11173 catch exec if <cond>
11175 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11176 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11178 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11179 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11181 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11182 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11183 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11184 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11186 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11190 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11191 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11192 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11193 const char *addr_string
,
11194 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11201 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11203 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11205 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11206 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11207 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11208 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11209 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11210 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11211 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11212 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11213 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11214 enough for now, though. */
11217 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11219 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11220 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11221 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11222 language_def (language_ada
));
11223 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11227 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11229 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11234 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11236 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11239 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11242 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11244 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11245 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11247 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11249 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11252 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11256 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11259 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11262 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11264 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11267 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11268 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11269 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11273 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11274 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11275 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11277 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11281 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11282 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11283 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11284 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11285 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11286 error (_("No source file specified."));
11292 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11293 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11294 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11295 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11297 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11298 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11299 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11300 due to optimization, all in one block.
11302 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11303 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11304 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11305 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11306 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11307 to support that. */
11309 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11310 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11311 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11314 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11315 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11317 const char *sal_fullname
;
11319 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11320 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11321 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11324 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11329 1 0 <can't happen> */
11331 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11332 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11334 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11338 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11339 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11341 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11342 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11344 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11345 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11346 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11348 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11349 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11350 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11351 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11352 int line_match
= 0;
11354 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11355 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11356 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11357 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11358 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11359 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11360 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11363 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11372 found
.push_back (b
);
11376 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11377 if (found
.empty ())
11380 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11382 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11385 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11386 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11387 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11389 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11391 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11392 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11394 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11398 if (found
.size () > 1)
11399 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11402 if (found
.size () == 1)
11403 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11405 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11408 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11411 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11412 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11415 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11418 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11419 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11420 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11423 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11425 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11427 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11428 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11429 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11431 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11433 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11435 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11436 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11440 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11441 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11442 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11443 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11444 stable way despite qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11447 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11449 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11450 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11452 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11453 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11455 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11456 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11459 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11460 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11461 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11463 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11464 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11465 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11467 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11468 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11469 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11471 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11472 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11473 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11475 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11478 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11479 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11480 content of the bp_locations array. */
11483 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11485 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11487 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11488 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11490 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11492 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11494 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11497 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11498 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11500 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11501 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11502 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11503 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11505 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11507 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11508 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11509 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11510 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11514 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11517 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11519 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11520 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11522 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11524 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11526 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11527 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11528 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11530 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11531 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11532 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11535 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11537 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11538 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11540 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11543 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11546 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11548 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11549 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11550 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11551 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11554 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11556 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11559 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11561 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11562 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11563 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11564 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11568 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11571 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11573 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11574 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11575 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11576 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11578 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11579 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11580 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11581 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11582 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11584 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11585 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11586 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11587 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11588 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11589 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11590 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11591 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11594 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11595 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11596 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11600 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11602 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11603 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11604 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11607 address
= bl
->address
;
11608 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11610 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11611 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11612 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11614 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11615 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11618 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11619 the same program space as the location
11620 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11621 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11622 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11626 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11627 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11630 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11631 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11632 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11633 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11634 that have already been marked. */
11635 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11637 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11639 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11642 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11643 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11644 locations are duplicate of which.
11646 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11647 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11651 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11653 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11654 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11655 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11656 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11657 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11658 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11660 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11661 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11662 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11663 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11664 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11666 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11667 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11668 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11669 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11671 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11672 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11673 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11674 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11675 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11677 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11678 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11679 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11682 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11683 bp_locations_count
++;
11685 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11686 locp
= bp_locations
;
11687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11688 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11690 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11691 bp_locations_compare
);
11693 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11695 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11696 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11697 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11698 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11699 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11702 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11703 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11705 locp
= bp_locations
;
11706 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11707 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11710 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11711 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11713 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11714 not, we have to free it. */
11715 int found_object
= 0;
11716 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11717 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11720 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11721 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11722 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11723 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11727 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11728 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11731 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11732 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11733 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11735 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11736 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11737 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11739 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11740 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11743 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11747 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11748 have to go through updates again. */
11749 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11751 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11753 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11755 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11756 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11757 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11758 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11759 at certain location is not inserted. */
11761 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11763 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11766 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11768 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11769 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11770 keep_in_target
= 1;
11774 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11775 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11776 remove its target-side condition. */
11778 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11779 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11780 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11781 this one from the target. */
11783 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11784 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11787 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11788 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11791 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11793 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11795 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11796 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11797 supported, but the latter are. */
11798 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11800 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11801 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11804 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11805 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11807 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11808 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11810 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11811 keep_in_target
= 1;
11819 if (!keep_in_target
)
11821 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11823 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11824 this location on the global list, and try to
11825 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11826 reason why we will succeed next time.
11828 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11829 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11830 only after calling us. */
11831 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11832 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11833 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11841 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11842 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11844 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11845 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11846 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11847 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11848 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11849 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11850 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11851 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11852 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11853 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11854 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11855 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11856 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11857 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11860 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11861 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11863 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11864 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11865 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11866 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11867 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11868 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11869 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11870 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11871 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11872 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11873 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11874 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11875 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11878 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11879 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11880 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11881 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11883 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11884 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11885 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11886 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11887 traps we can no longer explain. */
11889 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11890 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11892 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11896 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11897 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11902 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11903 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11904 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11905 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11906 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11907 are sorted first for the same address.
11909 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11910 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11912 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11913 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11914 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11915 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11918 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11920 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11923 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11924 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11925 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11926 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11927 `struct bp_location'. */
11928 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11930 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11931 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11935 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11936 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11937 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11938 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11939 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11940 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11942 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11944 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11945 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11946 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11948 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11949 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11951 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11953 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11954 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11955 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11961 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11962 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11963 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11965 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11966 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11968 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11969 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11972 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11974 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11975 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11978 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11979 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11980 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11981 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11982 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11984 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11988 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11989 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11993 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11995 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
11997 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
11998 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12000 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12001 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12008 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12013 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12015 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12020 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12023 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12027 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12028 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12030 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12031 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12032 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12036 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12038 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12040 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12042 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12046 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12050 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12052 struct value_print_options opts
;
12054 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12056 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12058 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12060 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12061 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12062 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12063 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12065 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12066 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12068 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12070 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12071 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12076 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12077 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12083 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12085 printf_filtered (" at ");
12086 fputs_styled (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12087 address_style
.style (),
12090 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12092 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12094 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12096 puts_filtered (": file ");
12097 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12098 file_name_style
.style (),
12100 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12101 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12104 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12105 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12106 real situation somewhat. */
12107 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12108 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12113 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12115 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12117 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12122 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12124 xfree (function_name
);
12127 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12129 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12131 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12132 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12133 xfree (this->filter
);
12136 static struct bp_location
*
12137 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12139 return new bp_location (self
);
12143 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12145 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12148 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12149 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12152 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12154 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12158 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12159 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12161 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12165 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12166 const address_space
*aspace
,
12168 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12170 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12174 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12179 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12183 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12185 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12188 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12192 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12194 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12197 static enum print_stop_action
12198 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12200 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12204 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12205 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12211 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12213 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12217 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12219 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12223 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12224 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12225 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12226 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12228 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12232 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12233 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12234 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12235 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12236 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12237 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12239 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12240 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12241 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12242 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12244 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12247 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12248 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12249 const struct event_location
*location
,
12250 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12252 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12255 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12258 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12263 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12266 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12268 /* Nothing to do. */
12271 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12273 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12274 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12275 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12276 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12277 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12278 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12279 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12280 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12281 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12283 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12284 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12285 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12286 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12287 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12288 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12289 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12290 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12293 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12296 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12298 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12299 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12301 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12302 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12306 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12310 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12312 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12314 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12315 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12317 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12318 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12320 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12324 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12326 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12327 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12329 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12333 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12334 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12335 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12337 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12338 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12341 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12345 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12346 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12347 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12354 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12355 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12356 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12358 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12359 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12361 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12362 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12363 be set at the same address. */
12367 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12371 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12373 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12378 static enum print_stop_action
12379 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12381 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12382 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12384 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12386 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12388 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12389 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12391 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12392 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12393 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12396 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12397 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12400 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12402 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12403 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12405 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12406 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12407 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12409 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12410 uiout
->text (", ");
12412 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12416 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12418 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12423 case bp_breakpoint
:
12424 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12425 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12426 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12428 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12429 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12430 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12431 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12433 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12434 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12437 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12445 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12447 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12448 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12449 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12450 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12451 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12452 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12454 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12455 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12457 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12458 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12460 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12461 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12463 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12464 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12465 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12466 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12468 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12472 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12473 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12474 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12476 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12480 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12481 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12482 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12483 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12484 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12485 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12487 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12488 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12489 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12490 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12492 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12493 std::move (cond_string
),
12494 std::move (extra_string
),
12496 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12497 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12498 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12501 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12502 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12503 const struct event_location
*location
,
12504 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12506 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12509 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12512 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12516 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12517 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12518 case bp_overlay_event
:
12519 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12520 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12521 case bp_exception_master
:
12522 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12525 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12526 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12527 case bp_shlib_event
:
12529 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12530 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12531 case bp_thread_event
:
12537 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12539 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12541 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12542 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12543 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12544 objects (among other things). */
12545 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12546 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12552 static enum print_stop_action
12553 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12555 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12557 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12561 case bp_shlib_event
:
12562 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12563 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12564 to shlib event" message.) */
12565 print_solib_event (0);
12568 case bp_thread_event
:
12569 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12570 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12571 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12574 case bp_overlay_event
:
12575 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12576 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12579 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12580 /* These should never be enabled. */
12581 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12584 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12585 /* These should never be enabled. */
12586 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12587 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12590 case bp_exception_master
:
12591 /* These should never be enabled. */
12592 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12593 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12597 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12601 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12603 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12606 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12609 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12611 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12612 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12613 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12614 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12618 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12620 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12623 static enum print_stop_action
12624 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12626 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12630 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12632 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12635 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12637 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12638 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12640 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12642 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12645 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12648 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12651 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12653 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12657 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12659 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12666 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12667 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12669 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12670 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12672 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12676 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12677 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12678 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12680 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12682 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12684 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12685 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12688 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12689 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12690 const struct event_location
*location
,
12691 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12693 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12695 error (_("probe not found"));
12699 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12702 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12704 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12708 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12709 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12710 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12712 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12718 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12719 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12721 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12722 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12724 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12726 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12727 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12728 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12729 uiout
->text ("\n");
12734 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12736 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12741 case bp_tracepoint
:
12742 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12743 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12745 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12746 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12747 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12749 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12750 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12751 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12754 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12755 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12762 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12764 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12766 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12768 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12770 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12773 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12774 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12777 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12778 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12780 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12781 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12785 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12786 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12787 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12789 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12793 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12794 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12795 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12796 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12797 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12798 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12800 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12801 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12802 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12803 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12805 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12806 std::move (cond_string
),
12807 std::move (extra_string
),
12809 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12810 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12811 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12814 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12815 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12816 const struct event_location
*location
,
12817 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12819 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12822 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12824 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12828 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12829 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12830 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12831 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12833 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12834 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12837 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12838 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12839 const struct event_location
*location
,
12840 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12842 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12843 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12846 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12848 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12851 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12853 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12855 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12856 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12858 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12859 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12860 3 - disconnect from target 1
12861 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12863 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12864 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12865 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12866 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12867 it all the time. */
12868 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12869 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12872 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12875 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12877 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12878 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12880 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12883 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12886 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12887 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12888 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12889 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12890 address are all handled. */
12893 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12895 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12896 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12898 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12899 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12900 condition not be evaluated. */
12903 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12904 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12905 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12906 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12907 commands here throws. */
12908 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
12909 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
12911 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
12913 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12914 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12918 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12922 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12923 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12924 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12926 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12927 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12929 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12930 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12932 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12933 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12934 canonical
->location
12935 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12938 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12939 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12943 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12944 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12946 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12947 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12948 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12950 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12951 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12952 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12953 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12955 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12957 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12958 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12959 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12960 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12961 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12962 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12964 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12966 event_location_up location
12967 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
12969 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
12970 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
12971 std::move (location
), NULL
,
12972 std::move (cond_string
),
12973 std::move (extra_string
),
12974 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12975 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
12976 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
12977 canonical
->special_display
);
12978 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12979 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12980 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12981 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12982 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12983 corresponds to this one */
12984 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12986 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
12990 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12991 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12992 const struct event_location
*location
,
12993 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12995 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12996 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12998 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
12999 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13001 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13006 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13009 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13012 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13014 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13017 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13021 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13023 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13025 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13027 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13028 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13031 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13032 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13033 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13034 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13035 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13038 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13039 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13040 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13041 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13043 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13046 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13047 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13048 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13050 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13051 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13053 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13054 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13055 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13056 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13060 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13062 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13063 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13064 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13065 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13066 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13069 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13070 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13071 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13072 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13074 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13076 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13077 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13080 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13082 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13086 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13088 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13089 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13090 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13091 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13092 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13093 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13094 commands won't work. */
13096 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13098 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13099 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13100 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13101 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13102 might be better design to have location completely
13103 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13104 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13106 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13107 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13108 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13112 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13113 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13116 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13117 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13119 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13124 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13126 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13127 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13129 if (next
== related
)
13131 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13132 function (related
);
13134 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13135 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13140 function (related
);
13144 while (related
!= b
);
13148 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13150 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13156 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13158 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13159 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13160 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13162 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13164 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13168 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13170 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13173 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13174 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13178 map_breakpoint_numbers
13179 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13181 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13185 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13186 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13190 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13192 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13194 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13195 if ((pspace
== NULL
13196 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13197 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13198 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13203 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13204 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13205 Null names are ignored. */
13208 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13210 struct bp_location
*l
;
13211 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13214 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13217 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13219 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13223 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13225 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13229 htab_delete (htab
);
13235 htab_delete (htab
);
13239 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13240 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13241 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13242 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13243 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13244 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13245 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13246 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13249 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13250 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13251 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13252 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13253 in the sources, and output a warning.
13255 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13256 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13257 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13258 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13259 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13262 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13263 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13264 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13265 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13266 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13267 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13268 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13269 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13270 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13272 static struct symtab_and_line
13273 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13275 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13276 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13281 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13283 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13285 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13286 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13287 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13288 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13290 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13295 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13297 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13299 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13300 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13302 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13303 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13304 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13306 if (!markers
.empty ())
13308 struct symbol
*sym
;
13309 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13310 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13311 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13313 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13315 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13317 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13318 "found at previous line number"),
13319 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13321 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13322 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13323 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13326 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
13327 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
13328 uiout
->text (" at ");
13330 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13331 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13332 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13335 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13337 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13339 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13342 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13343 uiout
->text ("\n");
13345 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13346 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13348 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13349 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13350 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13351 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13352 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13353 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13354 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13356 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13363 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13364 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13367 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13371 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13374 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13377 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13384 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13390 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13391 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13392 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13394 static struct bp_location
*
13395 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13397 struct bp_location head
;
13398 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13399 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13400 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13402 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13413 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13428 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13429 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13430 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13431 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13435 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13436 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13437 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13438 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13440 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13442 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13444 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13446 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13447 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13448 "multiple locations found\n"),
13453 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13454 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13455 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13456 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13457 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13458 individual locations. */
13459 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13462 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13464 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13466 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13468 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13470 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13472 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13474 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13478 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13481 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13482 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13485 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13487 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13488 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13489 b
->number
, e
.what ());
13490 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13494 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13496 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13498 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13502 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13505 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13506 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13507 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13508 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13509 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13510 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13511 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13513 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13515 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13517 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13518 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13520 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13521 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13529 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13530 if (l
->function_name
13531 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13541 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13542 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13545 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13546 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13548 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13549 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13550 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13552 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13554 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13556 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13560 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13562 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13564 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13566 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13567 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13568 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13569 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13570 state, then user already saw the message about that
13571 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13573 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13574 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13576 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13577 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13578 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13579 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13580 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13581 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13583 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13585 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13586 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13587 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13588 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13589 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13590 which approach is better. */
13591 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13595 exception
= std::move (e
);
13598 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13600 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13601 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13602 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13604 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13607 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13608 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13610 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13612 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13613 b
->thread
= thread
;
13617 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13618 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13620 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13623 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13624 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13634 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13635 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13639 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13641 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13642 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13645 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13646 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13648 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13650 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13652 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13653 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13654 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13656 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13659 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13662 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13663 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13666 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13667 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13668 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13670 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13673 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13674 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13678 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13679 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13680 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13681 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13682 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13683 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13685 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13686 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13687 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13688 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13690 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13691 std::move (cond_string
),
13692 std::move (extra_string
),
13693 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13694 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13695 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13698 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13699 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13701 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13702 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13703 const struct event_location
*location
,
13704 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13706 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13708 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13709 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13712 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13713 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13715 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13717 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13718 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13723 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13726 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13728 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13729 set_language (b
->language
);
13731 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13734 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13735 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13738 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13740 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13743 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13744 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13745 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13747 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13748 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13749 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13750 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13751 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13752 we select the current frame.
13754 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13755 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13756 have been reset. */
13757 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13758 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13760 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13761 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13762 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13763 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13765 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13769 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13771 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13773 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13774 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13779 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13782 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13783 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13784 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13785 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13787 /* Now we can insert. */
13788 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13791 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13793 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13794 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13796 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13798 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13800 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13802 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13803 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13804 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13806 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13810 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13811 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13812 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13815 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13817 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13823 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13825 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13827 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13828 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13833 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13837 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13838 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13840 else if (count
== 1)
13841 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13844 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13845 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13848 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13852 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13855 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13858 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13860 const char *p
= args
;
13864 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13866 num
= get_number (&p
);
13868 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13870 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13872 set_ignore_count (num
,
13873 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13876 printf_filtered ("\n");
13880 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13881 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13884 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13885 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13887 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13889 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13890 bp_num_range
.first
);
13894 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13896 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13898 bool match
= false;
13900 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13901 if (b
->number
== i
)
13908 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13913 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13917 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13918 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13920 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13921 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13923 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13925 while (!parser
.finished ())
13927 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13928 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13932 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13933 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13935 static struct bp_location
*
13936 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13938 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13940 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13941 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
13946 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13947 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13950 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13953 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13954 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13957 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13960 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13961 enum class extract_bp_kind
13963 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13966 /* Extracting a location number. */
13970 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13971 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13972 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13973 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13974 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13977 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13978 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13980 const char *end
= start
;
13981 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13983 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13984 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13985 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13986 int (end
- start
), start
);
13988 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13989 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13990 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13991 int (end
- start
), start
);
13993 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
13998 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13999 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14000 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14001 are always positive integers. */
14003 static std::pair
<int, int>
14004 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14005 const std::string
&arg
,
14006 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14008 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14009 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14010 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14011 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14013 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14014 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14015 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14016 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14017 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14021 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14022 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14023 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14024 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14026 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14027 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14028 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14029 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14030 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14034 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14035 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14036 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14041 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14042 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14045 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14047 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14048 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14049 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14050 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14051 location number range.
14055 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14056 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14057 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14059 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14061 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14063 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14065 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14066 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14069 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14070 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14072 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14077 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14079 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14080 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14081 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14085 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14086 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14089 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14091 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14094 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14096 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14097 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14099 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14100 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14101 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14102 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14104 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14106 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14109 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14110 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14111 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14112 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14116 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14117 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14120 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14121 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14124 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14125 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14126 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14129 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14131 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14132 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14133 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14134 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14137 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14139 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14140 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14142 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14143 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14145 struct bp_location
*location
;
14147 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14148 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14151 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14153 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14156 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14157 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14158 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14159 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14162 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14166 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14169 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14172 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14174 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14179 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14181 while (!num
.empty ())
14183 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14185 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14187 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14188 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14190 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14191 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14193 ? enable_breakpoint
14194 : disable_breakpoint
);
14198 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14200 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14201 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14203 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14208 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14209 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14210 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14211 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14214 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14216 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14220 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14223 int target_resources_ok
;
14225 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14228 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14229 target_resources_ok
=
14230 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14232 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14233 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14234 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14235 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14238 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14240 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14241 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14245 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14247 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14248 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14249 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14251 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14253 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14254 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14260 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14262 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14263 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14265 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14266 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14268 struct bp_location
*location
;
14270 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14271 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14274 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14275 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14276 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14278 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14283 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14285 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14288 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14289 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14290 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14291 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14294 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14296 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14300 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14302 map_breakpoint_numbers
14303 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14305 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14306 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14308 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14314 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14319 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14321 count
= get_number (&args
);
14323 map_breakpoint_numbers
14324 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14326 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14327 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14329 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14335 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14337 map_breakpoint_numbers
14338 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14340 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14341 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14343 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14349 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14354 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14358 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14359 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14363 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14364 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14365 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14367 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14370 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14371 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14373 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14375 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14377 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14379 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14380 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14381 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14382 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14391 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14394 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14395 const address_space
*aspace
,
14398 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14399 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14400 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14402 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14404 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14405 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14408 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14410 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14411 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14412 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14414 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14417 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14420 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14422 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14423 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14425 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14427 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14429 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14430 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14432 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14433 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14441 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14444 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14445 const address_space
*aspace
,
14448 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14450 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14452 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14458 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14462 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14465 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14469 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14470 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14476 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14478 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14480 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14482 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14483 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14487 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14489 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14491 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14493 if (location
!= NULL
14494 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14495 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14497 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14499 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14501 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14503 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14504 0 /* Ignore count */,
14505 pending_break_support
,
14509 0 /* internal */, 0);
14513 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14515 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14517 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14519 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14521 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14522 0 /* Ignore count */,
14523 pending_break_support
,
14524 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14527 0 /* internal */, 0);
14530 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14533 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14535 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14536 event_location_up location
;
14538 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14539 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14540 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14542 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14543 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14547 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14548 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14551 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14553 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14555 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14556 0 /* Ignore count */,
14557 pending_break_support
,
14561 0 /* internal */, 0);
14564 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14565 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14567 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14568 static int next_cmd
;
14571 read_uploaded_action (void)
14573 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14575 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14577 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14584 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14585 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14586 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14587 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14588 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14590 struct tracepoint
*
14591 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14593 const char *addr_str
;
14594 char small_buf
[100];
14595 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14597 if (utp
->at_string
)
14598 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14601 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14602 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14603 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14605 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14606 "source location, using raw address"),
14608 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14609 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14612 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14613 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14614 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14615 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14618 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14620 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14622 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14623 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14625 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14626 0 /* Ignore count */,
14627 pending_break_support
,
14628 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14630 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14632 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14635 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14636 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14637 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14641 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14644 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14647 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14648 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14649 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14651 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14653 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14658 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14660 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14662 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14663 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14664 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14665 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14668 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14669 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14670 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14675 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14679 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14681 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14684 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14686 if (num_printed
== 0)
14688 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14689 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14691 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14694 default_collect_info ();
14697 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14698 Not supported by all targets. */
14700 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14702 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14705 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14706 Not supported by all targets. */
14708 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14710 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14713 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14715 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14717 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14723 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14725 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14726 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14727 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14729 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14730 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14732 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14736 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14738 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14740 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14741 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14742 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14746 map_breakpoint_numbers
14747 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14749 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14753 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14756 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14758 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14759 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14761 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14762 tp
->number
, count
);
14765 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14767 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14768 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14769 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14772 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14774 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14777 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14778 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14779 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14781 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14783 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14784 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14786 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14788 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14790 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14792 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14794 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14795 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14798 else if (*args
== '\0')
14800 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14802 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14806 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14807 while (!parser
.finished ())
14809 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14811 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14816 struct tracepoint
*
14817 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14819 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14821 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14822 if (t
->number
== num
)
14823 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14828 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14829 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14832 struct tracepoint
*
14833 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14837 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14839 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14841 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14848 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14849 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14850 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14851 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14853 struct tracepoint
*
14854 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14855 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14857 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14859 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14861 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14863 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14864 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14866 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14867 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14869 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14873 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14874 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14877 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14881 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14882 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14884 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14887 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14892 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14894 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14895 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14898 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14903 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14904 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14905 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14909 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14910 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14912 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14914 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14916 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14917 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14919 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14920 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14922 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14923 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14926 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14927 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14932 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14934 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14936 /* We can stop searching. */
14943 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14947 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14951 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14952 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14953 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14955 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14956 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14960 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14961 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14964 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14965 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14968 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
14970 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14971 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14974 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14975 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
14977 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14978 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14980 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14982 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14984 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
14987 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14989 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
14991 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14995 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14996 fp
.puts (" end\n");
14999 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15000 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15002 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15003 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15004 special, and not user visible. */
15005 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15007 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15010 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15012 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15016 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15017 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15020 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15023 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15026 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15028 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15031 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15034 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15036 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15039 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15041 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15042 all_tracepoints (void)
15044 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15045 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15047 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15049 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15056 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15057 locations used by several commands. */
15059 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15060 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15061 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15062 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15063 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15064 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15066 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15067 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15068 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15070 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15071 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15072 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15073 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15074 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15076 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15077 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15078 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15079 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15080 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15081 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15083 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15084 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15085 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15088 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15089 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15090 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15091 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15092 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15093 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15094 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15097 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15098 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15100 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15101 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15102 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15103 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15104 conditions are different.\n\
15106 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15108 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15109 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15111 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15112 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15115 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15116 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15117 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15118 void *user_data_catch
,
15119 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15121 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15123 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15125 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15126 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15127 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15129 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15131 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15132 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15133 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15137 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15139 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15140 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15141 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15144 struct breakpoint
*
15145 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15148 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15152 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15159 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15160 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15163 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15165 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15166 non-inline function. */
15167 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15173 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15174 have been inlined. */
15177 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15178 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15180 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15181 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15183 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15185 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15188 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15190 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15191 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15199 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15202 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15204 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15206 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15207 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15208 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15212 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15214 static int initialized
= 0;
15216 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15222 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15223 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15224 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15225 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15226 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15227 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15228 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15229 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15230 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15231 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15232 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15233 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15235 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15236 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15237 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15238 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15239 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15240 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15241 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15242 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15244 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15245 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15246 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15247 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15248 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15249 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15250 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15251 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15252 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15253 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15255 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15256 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15257 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15258 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15259 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15260 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15261 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15263 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15264 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15265 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15266 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15267 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15268 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15269 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15271 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15272 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15273 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15274 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15275 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15276 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15277 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15280 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15281 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15282 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15283 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15284 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15285 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15286 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15287 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15288 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15289 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15290 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15291 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15292 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15294 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15295 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15296 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15297 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15298 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15299 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15300 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15301 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15302 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15303 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15304 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15307 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15308 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15309 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15310 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15311 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15312 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15313 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15314 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15315 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15316 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15318 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15319 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15320 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15321 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15322 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15324 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15325 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15326 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15327 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15328 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15329 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15331 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15332 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15333 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15334 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15335 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15336 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15337 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15338 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15339 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15340 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15342 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15343 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15344 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15345 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15346 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15347 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15348 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15349 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15350 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15351 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15353 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15354 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15355 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15356 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15357 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15358 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15359 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15360 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15361 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15362 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15364 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15365 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15366 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15368 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15369 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15370 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15371 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15372 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15373 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15374 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15376 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15377 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15378 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15379 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15380 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15381 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15382 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15383 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15384 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15387 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15389 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15391 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15393 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15396 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15398 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15400 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15402 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15403 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15404 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15406 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15407 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15408 before a breakpoint is set. */
15409 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15411 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15413 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15414 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15415 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15417 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15418 commands_command
, _("\
15419 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15420 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15421 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15423 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15424 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15425 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15426 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15427 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15429 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15430 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15431 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15432 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15433 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15435 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15436 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15437 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15438 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15439 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15441 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15442 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15444 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15445 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15446 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15447 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15449 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15450 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15452 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15453 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15454 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15455 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15457 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15458 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15460 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15461 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15462 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15463 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15464 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15465 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15466 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15468 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15470 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15471 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15472 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15473 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15474 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15475 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15477 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15478 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15479 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15482 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15483 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15484 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15487 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15488 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15489 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15490 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15493 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15494 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15495 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15498 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15499 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15500 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15503 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15504 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15505 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15506 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15509 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15510 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15511 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15512 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15513 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15514 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15515 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15516 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15518 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15519 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15520 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15521 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15522 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15523 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15526 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15527 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15528 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15529 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15531 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15532 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15533 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15534 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15535 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15537 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15538 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15539 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15540 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15541 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15544 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15545 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15546 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15548 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15549 is executing in.\n"
15550 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15551 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15552 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15554 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15555 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15556 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15557 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15559 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15560 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15561 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15562 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15566 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15567 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15568 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15569 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15570 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15571 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15572 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15573 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15574 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15575 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15576 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15577 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15578 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15579 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15580 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15581 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15583 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15584 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15585 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15586 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15587 breakpoint set."));
15590 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15591 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15592 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15593 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15594 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15595 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15596 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15597 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15598 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15600 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15601 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15602 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15603 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15604 breakpoint set."));
15606 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15608 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15609 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15610 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15611 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15612 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15613 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15614 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15615 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15616 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15617 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15618 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15619 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15620 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15622 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15623 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15624 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15625 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15627 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15629 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15630 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15631 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15632 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15634 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15635 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15636 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15637 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15639 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15640 catch_fork_command_1
,
15642 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15643 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15644 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15645 catch_fork_command_1
,
15647 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15648 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15649 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15650 catch_exec_command_1
,
15654 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15655 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15656 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15657 catch_load_command_1
,
15661 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15662 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15663 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15664 catch_unload_command_1
,
15669 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15670 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15671 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15672 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15673 an expression changes.\n\
15674 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15675 the memory to which it refers."));
15676 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15678 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15679 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15680 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15681 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15682 an expression is read.\n\
15683 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15684 the memory to which it refers."));
15685 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15687 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15688 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15689 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15690 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15691 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15692 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15693 the memory to which it refers."));
15694 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15696 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15697 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15699 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15700 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15701 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15702 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15703 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15704 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15705 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15706 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15707 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15710 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15711 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15713 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15715 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15717 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15718 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15720 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15721 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15722 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15724 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15725 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15726 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15727 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15729 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15730 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15732 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15733 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15734 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15736 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15737 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15739 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15740 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15741 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15742 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15743 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15744 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15745 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15746 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15747 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15749 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15750 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15751 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15752 conditions are different.\n\
15754 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15755 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15756 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15758 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15759 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15760 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15761 last tracepoint set."));
15763 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15765 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15766 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15767 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15768 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15770 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15772 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15773 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15774 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15775 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15777 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15779 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15780 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15781 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15782 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15784 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15786 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15787 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15788 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15789 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15790 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15792 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15793 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15794 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15795 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15797 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15798 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15799 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15800 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15801 session to restore them."),
15803 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15805 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15806 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15807 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15809 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15811 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15812 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15814 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15815 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15816 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15817 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15818 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15819 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15820 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15821 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15822 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15823 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15824 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15825 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15827 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15828 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15829 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15830 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15831 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15832 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15833 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15834 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15836 show_pending_break_support
,
15837 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15838 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15840 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15842 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15843 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15844 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15845 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15846 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15847 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15848 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15850 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15851 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15852 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15854 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15855 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15856 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15857 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15858 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15859 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15860 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15861 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15862 when execution stops."),
15864 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15865 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15866 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15868 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15869 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15870 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15871 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15872 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15873 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15874 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15875 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15876 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15877 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15878 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15879 be set to \"gdb\""),
15880 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15881 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15882 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15883 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15885 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15886 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15887 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15888 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15889 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15890 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15891 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15892 or the start of the range\n\
15893 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15894 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15895 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15897 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15898 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15899 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15901 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15902 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15903 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15904 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15905 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15906 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15908 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15909 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15910 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15911 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15912 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15913 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15914 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15915 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15916 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15917 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15918 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15919 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15921 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15922 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15923 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15924 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15925 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15926 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15927 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15929 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15930 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15931 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15932 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15933 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
15934 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15935 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15937 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15938 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15939 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15940 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15941 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15942 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15945 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15947 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15948 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
15949 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15951 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
15953 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
15954 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);